l-proger/CopterFlightController
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

*

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
l-proger
2025-05-13 03:26:56 +03:00
parent 87a14db6f4
commit 154af64dde
563 changed files with 797817 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Class/CDC/Inc/usbd_cdc.h
+179
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_cdc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief header file for the usbd_cdc.c file.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USB_CDC_H
#define __USB_CDC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup usbd_cdc
* @brief This file is the Header file for usbd_cdc.c
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup usbd_cdc_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
#define CDC_IN_EP 0x81 /* EP1 for data IN */
#define CDC_OUT_EP 0x01 /* EP1 for data OUT */
#define CDC_CMD_EP 0x82 /* EP2 for CDC commands */
/* CDC Endpoints parameters: you can fine tune these values depending on the needed baudrates and performance. */
#define CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 512 /* Endpoint IN & OUT Packet size */
#define CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 64 /* Endpoint IN & OUT Packet size */
#define CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE 8 /* Control Endpoint Packet size */
#define USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ 67
#define CDC_DATA_HS_IN_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
#define CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
#define CDC_DATA_FS_IN_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
#define CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* CDC definitions */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define CDC_SEND_ENCAPSULATED_COMMAND 0x00
#define CDC_GET_ENCAPSULATED_RESPONSE 0x01
#define CDC_SET_COMM_FEATURE 0x02
#define CDC_GET_COMM_FEATURE 0x03
#define CDC_CLEAR_COMM_FEATURE 0x04
#define CDC_SET_LINE_CODING 0x20
#define CDC_GET_LINE_CODING 0x21
#define CDC_SET_CONTROL_LINE_STATE 0x22
#define CDC_SEND_BREAK 0x23
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t bitrate;
uint8_t format;
uint8_t paritytype;
uint8_t datatype;
}USBD_CDC_LineCodingTypeDef;
typedef struct _USBD_CDC_Itf
{
int8_t (* Init) (void);
int8_t (* DeInit) (void);
int8_t (* Control) (uint8_t, uint8_t * , uint16_t);
int8_t (* Receive) (uint8_t *, uint32_t *);
}USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef;
typedef struct
{
uint32_t data[CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE/4]; /* Force 32bits alignment */
uint8_t CmdOpCode;
uint8_t CmdLength;
uint8_t *RxBuffer;
uint8_t *TxBuffer;
uint32_t RxLength;
uint32_t TxLength;
__IO uint32_t TxState;
__IO uint32_t RxState;
}
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef;
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
extern USBD_ClassTypeDef USBD_CDC;
#define USBD_CDC_CLASS &USBD_CDC
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USB_CORE_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_RegisterInterface (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *fops);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetTxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff,
uint16_t length);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetRxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_ReceivePacket (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
uint8_t USBD_CDC_TransmitPacket (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USB_CDC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Class/CDC/Src/usbd_cdc.c
+925
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,925 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_cdc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief This file provides the high layer firmware functions to manage the
* following functionalities of the USB CDC Class:
* - Initialization and Configuration of high and low layer
* - Enumeration as CDC Device (and enumeration for each implemented memory interface)
* - OUT/IN data transfer
* - Command IN transfer (class requests management)
* - Error management
*
* @verbatim
*
* ===================================================================
* CDC Class Driver Description
* ===================================================================
* This driver manages the "Universal Serial Bus Class Definitions for Communications Devices
* Revision 1.2 November 16, 2007" and the sub-protocol specification of "Universal Serial Bus
* Communications Class Subclass Specification for PSTN Devices Revision 1.2 February 9, 2007"
* This driver implements the following aspects of the specification:
* - Device descriptor management
* - Configuration descriptor management
* - Enumeration as CDC device with 2 data endpoints (IN and OUT) and 1 command endpoint (IN)
* - Requests management (as described in section 6.2 in specification)
* - Abstract Control Model compliant
* - Union Functional collection (using 1 IN endpoint for control)
* - Data interface class
*
* These aspects may be enriched or modified for a specific user application.
*
* This driver doesn't implement the following aspects of the specification
* (but it is possible to manage these features with some modifications on this driver):
* - Any class-specific aspect relative to communication classes should be managed by user application.
* - All communication classes other than PSTN are not managed
*
* @endverbatim
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_cdc.h"
#include "usbd_desc.h"
#include "usbd_ctlreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC
* @brief usbd core module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Init (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t cfgidx);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DeInit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t cfgidx);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Setup (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataIn (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t epnum);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataOut (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t epnum);
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_EP0_RxReady (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc (uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor (uint16_t *length);
/* USB Standard Device Descriptor */
__ALIGN_BEGIN static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DeviceQualifierDesc[USB_LEN_DEV_QUALIFIER_DESC] __ALIGN_END =
{
USB_LEN_DEV_QUALIFIER_DESC,
USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER,
0x00,
0x02,
0x00,
0x00,
0x00,
0x40,
0x01,
0x00,
};
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/* CDC interface class callbacks structure */
USBD_ClassTypeDef USBD_CDC =
{
USBD_CDC_Init,
USBD_CDC_DeInit,
USBD_CDC_Setup,
NULL, /* EP0_TxSent, */
USBD_CDC_EP0_RxReady,
USBD_CDC_DataIn,
USBD_CDC_DataOut,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL,
USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc,
USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc,
USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc,
USBD_CDC_GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor,
};
/* USB CDC device Configuration Descriptor */
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_CDC_CfgHSDesc[USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ] __ALIGN_END =
{
/*Configuration Descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Configuration Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION, /* bDescriptorType: Configuration */
USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ, /* wTotalLength:no of returned bytes */
0x00,
0x02, /* bNumInterfaces: 2 interface */
0x01, /* bConfigurationValue: Configuration value */
0x00, /* iConfiguration: Index of string descriptor describing the configuration */
0xC0, /* bmAttributes: self powered */
0x32, /* MaxPower 0 mA */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Interface Descriptor */
0x09, /* bLength: Interface Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: Interface */
/* Interface descriptor type */
0x00, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x01, /* bNumEndpoints: One endpoints used */
0x02, /* bInterfaceClass: Communication Interface Class */
0x02, /* bInterfaceSubClass: Abstract Control Model */
0x01, /* bInterfaceProtocol: Common AT commands */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Header Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x00, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Header Func Desc */
0x10, /* bcdCDC: spec release number */
0x01,
/*Call Management Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x01, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Call Management Func Desc */
0x00, /* bmCapabilities: D0+D1 */
0x01, /* bDataInterface: 1 */
/*ACM Functional Descriptor*/
0x04, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x02, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Abstract Control Management desc */
0x02, /* bmCapabilities */
/*Union Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x06, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Union func desc */
0x00, /* bMasterInterface: Communication class interface */
0x01, /* bSlaveInterface0: Data Class Interface */
/*Endpoint 2 Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_CMD_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x03, /* bmAttributes: Interrupt */
LOBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE),
0x10, /* bInterval: */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Data class interface descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: */
0x01, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x02, /* bNumEndpoints: Two endpoints used */
0x0A, /* bInterfaceClass: CDC */
0x00, /* bInterfaceSubClass: */
0x00, /* bInterfaceProtocol: */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Endpoint OUT Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_OUT_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00, /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
/*Endpoint IN Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_IN_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00 /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
} ;
/* USB CDC device Configuration Descriptor */
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_CDC_CfgFSDesc[USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ] __ALIGN_END =
{
/*Configuration Descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Configuration Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION, /* bDescriptorType: Configuration */
USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ, /* wTotalLength:no of returned bytes */
0x00,
0x02, /* bNumInterfaces: 2 interface */
0x01, /* bConfigurationValue: Configuration value */
0x00, /* iConfiguration: Index of string descriptor describing the configuration */
0xC0, /* bmAttributes: self powered */
0x32, /* MaxPower 0 mA */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Interface Descriptor */
0x09, /* bLength: Interface Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: Interface */
/* Interface descriptor type */
0x00, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x01, /* bNumEndpoints: One endpoints used */
0x02, /* bInterfaceClass: Communication Interface Class */
0x02, /* bInterfaceSubClass: Abstract Control Model */
0x01, /* bInterfaceProtocol: Common AT commands */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Header Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x00, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Header Func Desc */
0x10, /* bcdCDC: spec release number */
0x01,
/*Call Management Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x01, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Call Management Func Desc */
0x00, /* bmCapabilities: D0+D1 */
0x01, /* bDataInterface: 1 */
/*ACM Functional Descriptor*/
0x04, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x02, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Abstract Control Management desc */
0x02, /* bmCapabilities */
/*Union Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x06, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Union func desc */
0x00, /* bMasterInterface: Communication class interface */
0x01, /* bSlaveInterface0: Data Class Interface */
/*Endpoint 2 Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_CMD_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x03, /* bmAttributes: Interrupt */
LOBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE),
0x10, /* bInterval: */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Data class interface descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: */
0x01, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x02, /* bNumEndpoints: Two endpoints used */
0x0A, /* bInterfaceClass: CDC */
0x00, /* bInterfaceSubClass: */
0x00, /* bInterfaceProtocol: */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Endpoint OUT Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_OUT_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00, /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
/*Endpoint IN Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_IN_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
LOBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_DATA_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE),
0x00 /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
} ;
__ALIGN_BEGIN uint8_t USBD_CDC_OtherSpeedCfgDesc[USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ] __ALIGN_END =
{
0x09, /* bLength: Configuation Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION,
USB_CDC_CONFIG_DESC_SIZ,
0x00,
0x02, /* bNumInterfaces: 2 interfaces */
0x01, /* bConfigurationValue: */
0x04, /* iConfiguration: */
0xC0, /* bmAttributes: */
0x32, /* MaxPower 100 mA */
/*Interface Descriptor */
0x09, /* bLength: Interface Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: Interface */
/* Interface descriptor type */
0x00, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x01, /* bNumEndpoints: One endpoints used */
0x02, /* bInterfaceClass: Communication Interface Class */
0x02, /* bInterfaceSubClass: Abstract Control Model */
0x01, /* bInterfaceProtocol: Common AT commands */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Header Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x00, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Header Func Desc */
0x10, /* bcdCDC: spec release number */
0x01,
/*Call Management Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x01, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Call Management Func Desc */
0x00, /* bmCapabilities: D0+D1 */
0x01, /* bDataInterface: 1 */
/*ACM Functional Descriptor*/
0x04, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x02, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Abstract Control Management desc */
0x02, /* bmCapabilities */
/*Union Functional Descriptor*/
0x05, /* bFunctionLength */
0x24, /* bDescriptorType: CS_INTERFACE */
0x06, /* bDescriptorSubtype: Union func desc */
0x00, /* bMasterInterface: Communication class interface */
0x01, /* bSlaveInterface0: Data Class Interface */
/*Endpoint 2 Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT , /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_CMD_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x03, /* bmAttributes: Interrupt */
LOBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE), /* wMaxPacketSize: */
HIBYTE(CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE),
0xFF, /* bInterval: */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/*Data class interface descriptor*/
0x09, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE, /* bDescriptorType: */
0x01, /* bInterfaceNumber: Number of Interface */
0x00, /* bAlternateSetting: Alternate setting */
0x02, /* bNumEndpoints: Two endpoints used */
0x0A, /* bInterfaceClass: CDC */
0x00, /* bInterfaceSubClass: */
0x00, /* bInterfaceProtocol: */
0x00, /* iInterface: */
/*Endpoint OUT Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_OUT_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
0x40, /* wMaxPacketSize: */
0x00,
0x00, /* bInterval: ignore for Bulk transfer */
/*Endpoint IN Descriptor*/
0x07, /* bLength: Endpoint Descriptor size */
USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT, /* bDescriptorType: Endpoint */
CDC_IN_EP, /* bEndpointAddress */
0x02, /* bmAttributes: Bulk */
0x40, /* wMaxPacketSize: */
0x00,
0x00 /* bInterval */
};
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CDC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_Init
* Initialize the CDC interface
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: Configuration index
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Init (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t cfgidx)
{
uint8_t ret = 0;
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc;
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
/* Open EP IN */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev,
CDC_IN_EP,
USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_HS_IN_PACKET_SIZE);
/* Open EP OUT */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
else
{
/* Open EP IN */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev,
CDC_IN_EP,
USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_FS_IN_PACKET_SIZE);
/* Open EP OUT */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK,
CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
/* Open Command IN EP */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev,
CDC_CMD_EP,
USBD_EP_TYPE_INTR,
CDC_CMD_PACKET_SIZE);
pdev->pClassData = USBD_malloc(sizeof (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef));
if(pdev->pClassData == NULL)
{
ret = 1;
}
else
{
hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
/* Init physical Interface components */
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Init();
/* Init Xfer states */
hcdc->TxState =0;
hcdc->RxState =0;
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
else
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_Init
* DeInitialize the CDC layer
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: Configuration index
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DeInit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t cfgidx)
{
uint8_t ret = 0;
/* Open EP IN */
USBD_LL_CloseEP(pdev,
CDC_IN_EP);
/* Open EP OUT */
USBD_LL_CloseEP(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP);
/* Open Command IN EP */
USBD_LL_CloseEP(pdev,
CDC_CMD_EP);
/* DeInit physical Interface components */
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->DeInit();
USBD_free(pdev->pClassData);
pdev->pClassData = NULL;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_Setup
* Handle the CDC specific requests
* @param pdev: instance
* @param req: usb requests
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_Setup (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
static uint8_t ifalt = 0;
switch (req->bmRequest & USB_REQ_TYPE_MASK)
{
case USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS :
if (req->wLength)
{
if (req->bmRequest & 0x80)
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Control(req->bRequest,
(uint8_t *)hcdc->data,
req->wLength);
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev,
(uint8_t *)hcdc->data,
req->wLength);
}
else
{
hcdc->CmdOpCode = req->bRequest;
hcdc->CmdLength = req->wLength;
USBD_CtlPrepareRx (pdev,
(uint8_t *)hcdc->data,
req->wLength);
}
}
else
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Control(req->bRequest,
(uint8_t*)req,
0);
}
break;
case USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD:
switch (req->bRequest)
{
case USB_REQ_GET_INTERFACE :
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev,
&ifalt,
1);
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_INTERFACE :
break;
}
default:
break;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_DataIn
* Data sent on non-control IN endpoint
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint number
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataIn (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
hcdc->TxState = 0;
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_DataOut
* Data received on non-control Out endpoint
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint number
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_DataOut (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
/* Get the received data length */
hcdc->RxLength = USBD_LL_GetRxDataSize (pdev, epnum);
/* USB data will be immediately processed, this allow next USB traffic being
NAKed till the end of the application Xfer */
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Receive(hcdc->RxBuffer, &hcdc->RxLength);
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_DataOut
* Data received on non-control Out endpoint
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint number
* @retval status
*/
static uint8_t USBD_CDC_EP0_RxReady (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
if((pdev->pUserData != NULL) && (hcdc->CmdOpCode != 0xFF))
{
((USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *)pdev->pUserData)->Control(hcdc->CmdOpCode,
(uint8_t *)hcdc->data,
hcdc->CmdLength);
hcdc->CmdOpCode = 0xFF;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc
* Return configuration descriptor
* @param speed : current device speed
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetFSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_CfgFSDesc);
return USBD_CDC_CfgFSDesc;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc
* Return configuration descriptor
* @param speed : current device speed
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetHSCfgDesc (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_CfgHSDesc);
return USBD_CDC_CfgHSDesc;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_GetCfgDesc
* Return configuration descriptor
* @param speed : current device speed
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
static uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetOtherSpeedCfgDesc (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_OtherSpeedCfgDesc);
return USBD_CDC_OtherSpeedCfgDesc;
}
/**
* @brief DeviceQualifierDescriptor
* return Device Qualifier descriptor
* @param length : pointer data length
* @retval pointer to descriptor buffer
*/
uint8_t *USBD_CDC_GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor (uint16_t *length)
{
*length = sizeof (USBD_CDC_DeviceQualifierDesc);
return USBD_CDC_DeviceQualifierDesc;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_RegisterInterface
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param fops: CD Interface callback
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_RegisterInterface (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
USBD_CDC_ItfTypeDef *fops)
{
uint8_t ret = USBD_FAIL;
if(fops != NULL)
{
pdev->pUserData= fops;
ret = USBD_OK;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_SetTxBuffer
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param pbuff: Tx Buffer
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetTxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff,
uint16_t length)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
hcdc->TxBuffer = pbuff;
hcdc->TxLength = length;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_SetRxBuffer
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param pbuff: Rx Buffer
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_SetRxBuffer (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuff)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
hcdc->RxBuffer = pbuff;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_DataOut
* Data received on non-control Out endpoint
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint number
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_TransmitPacket(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
if(hcdc->TxState == 0)
{
/* Tx Transfer in progress */
hcdc->TxState = 1;
/* Transmit next packet */
USBD_LL_Transmit(pdev,
CDC_IN_EP,
hcdc->TxBuffer,
hcdc->TxLength);
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_BUSY;
}
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CDC_ReceivePacket
* prepare OUT Endpoint for reception
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
uint8_t USBD_CDC_ReceivePacket(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef *hcdc = (USBD_CDC_HandleTypeDef*) pdev->pClassData;
/* Suspend or Resume USB Out process */
if(pdev->pClassData != NULL)
{
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_HS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
else
{
/* Prepare Out endpoint to receive next packet */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(pdev,
CDC_OUT_EP,
hcdc->RxBuffer,
CDC_DATA_FS_OUT_PACKET_SIZE);
}
return USBD_OK;
}
else
{
return USBD_FAIL;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_core.h
+167
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_core.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief Header file for usbd_core.c file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_CORE_H
#define __USBD_CORE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_conf.h"
#include "usbd_def.h"
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
#include "usbd_ctlreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE
* @brief This file is the Header file for usbd_core.c file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
#define USBD_SOF USBD_LL_SOF
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Init(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef *pdesc, uint8_t id);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_DeInit(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Start (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Stop (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RegisterClass(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_ClassTypeDef *pclass);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RunTestMode (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_SetClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_ClrClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetupStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t *psetup);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataOutStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum, uint8_t *pdata);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataInStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum, uint8_t *pdata);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Reset(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetSpeed(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Suspend(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Resume(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SOF(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoINIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoOUTIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevConnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevDisconnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
/* USBD Low Level Driver */
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Init (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DeInit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Start(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Stop (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_OpenEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t ep_type,
uint16_t ep_mps);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_CloseEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_FlushEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_StallEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_ClearStallEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
uint8_t USBD_LL_IsStallEP (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetUSBAddress (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t dev_addr);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Transmit (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t size);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_PrepareReceive(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t ep_addr,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t size);
uint32_t USBD_LL_GetRxDataSize (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t ep_addr);
void USBD_LL_Delay (uint32_t Delay);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_CORE_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_ctlreq.h
+113
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_req.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief Header file for the usbd_req.c file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USB_REQUEST_H
#define __USB_REQUEST_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_def.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ
* @brief header file for the usbd_req.c file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdDevReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdItfReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdEPReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
void USBD_CtlError (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
void USBD_ParseSetupRequest (USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req, uint8_t *pdata);
void USBD_GetString (uint8_t *desc, uint8_t *unicode, uint16_t *len);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USB_REQUEST_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_def.h
+330
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_def.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief General defines for the usb device library
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_DEF_H
#define __USBD_DEF_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_conf.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USBD_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USB_DEF
* @brief general defines for the usb device library file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USB_DEF_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
#define USB_LEN_DEV_QUALIFIER_DESC 0x0A
#define USB_LEN_DEV_DESC 0x12
#define USB_LEN_CFG_DESC 0x09
#define USB_LEN_IF_DESC 0x09
#define USB_LEN_EP_DESC 0x07
#define USB_LEN_OTG_DESC 0x03
#define USB_LEN_LANGID_STR_DESC 0x04
#define USB_LEN_OTHER_SPEED_DESC_SIZ 0x09
#define USBD_IDX_LANGID_STR 0x00
#define USBD_IDX_MFC_STR 0x01
#define USBD_IDX_PRODUCT_STR 0x02
#define USBD_IDX_SERIAL_STR 0x03
#define USBD_IDX_CONFIG_STR 0x04
#define USBD_IDX_INTERFACE_STR 0x05
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_STANDARD 0x00
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_CLASS 0x20
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_VENDOR 0x40
#define USB_REQ_TYPE_MASK 0x60
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_DEVICE 0x00
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_INTERFACE 0x01
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_ENDPOINT 0x02
#define USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_MASK 0x03
#define USB_REQ_GET_STATUS 0x00
#define USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE 0x01
#define USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE 0x03
#define USB_REQ_SET_ADDRESS 0x05
#define USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR 0x06
#define USB_REQ_SET_DESCRIPTOR 0x07
#define USB_REQ_GET_CONFIGURATION 0x08
#define USB_REQ_SET_CONFIGURATION 0x09
#define USB_REQ_GET_INTERFACE 0x0A
#define USB_REQ_SET_INTERFACE 0x0B
#define USB_REQ_SYNCH_FRAME 0x0C
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE 1
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION 2
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING 3
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_INTERFACE 4
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_ENDPOINT 5
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER 6
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION 7
#define USB_DESC_TYPE_BOS 0x0F
#define USB_CONFIG_REMOTE_WAKEUP 2
#define USB_CONFIG_SELF_POWERED 1
#define USB_FEATURE_EP_HALT 0
#define USB_FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP 1
#define USB_FEATURE_TEST_MODE 2
#define USB_DEVICE_CAPABITY_TYPE 0x10
#define USB_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 512
#define USB_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE 64
#define USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE 64
/* Device Status */
#define USBD_STATE_DEFAULT 1
#define USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED 2
#define USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED 3
#define USBD_STATE_SUSPENDED 4
/* EP0 State */
#define USBD_EP0_IDLE 0
#define USBD_EP0_SETUP 1
#define USBD_EP0_DATA_IN 2
#define USBD_EP0_DATA_OUT 3
#define USBD_EP0_STATUS_IN 4
#define USBD_EP0_STATUS_OUT 5
#define USBD_EP0_STALL 6
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_CTRL 0
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_ISOC 1
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_BULK 2
#define USBD_EP_TYPE_INTR 3
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
typedef struct usb_setup_req
{
uint8_t bmRequest;
uint8_t bRequest;
uint16_t wValue;
uint16_t wIndex;
uint16_t wLength;
}USBD_SetupReqTypedef;
struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef;
typedef struct _Device_cb
{
uint8_t (*Init) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t cfgidx);
uint8_t (*DeInit) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t cfgidx);
/* Control Endpoints*/
uint8_t (*Setup) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
uint8_t (*EP0_TxSent) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev );
uint8_t (*EP0_RxReady) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev );
/* Class Specific Endpoints*/
uint8_t (*DataIn) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t (*DataOut) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t (*SOF) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
uint8_t (*IsoINIncomplete) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t (*IsoOUTIncomplete) (struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum);
uint8_t *(*GetHSConfigDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetFSConfigDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetOtherSpeedConfigDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor)(uint16_t *length);
#if (USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING == 1)
uint8_t *(*GetUsrStrDescriptor)(struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,uint8_t index, uint16_t *length);
#endif
} USBD_ClassTypeDef;
/* Following USB Device Speed */
typedef enum
{
USBD_SPEED_HIGH = 0,
USBD_SPEED_FULL = 1,
USBD_SPEED_LOW = 2,
}USBD_SpeedTypeDef;
/* Following USB Device status */
typedef enum {
USBD_OK = 0,
USBD_BUSY,
USBD_FAIL,
}USBD_StatusTypeDef;
/* USB Device descriptors structure */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t *(*GetDeviceDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetLangIDStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetManufacturerStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetProductStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetSerialStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetConfigurationStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
uint8_t *(*GetInterfaceStrDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
#if (USBD_LPM_ENABLED == 1)
uint8_t *(*GetBOSDescriptor)( USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed , uint16_t *length);
#endif
} USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef;
/* USB Device handle structure */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t status;
uint32_t total_length;
uint32_t rem_length;
uint32_t maxpacket;
} USBD_EndpointTypeDef;
/* USB Device handle structure */
typedef struct _USBD_HandleTypeDef
{
uint8_t id;
uint32_t dev_config;
uint32_t dev_default_config;
uint32_t dev_config_status;
USBD_SpeedTypeDef dev_speed;
USBD_EndpointTypeDef ep_in[15];
USBD_EndpointTypeDef ep_out[15];
uint32_t ep0_state;
uint32_t ep0_data_len;
uint8_t dev_state;
uint8_t dev_old_state;
uint8_t dev_address;
uint8_t dev_connection_status;
uint8_t dev_test_mode;
uint32_t dev_remote_wakeup;
USBD_SetupReqTypedef request;
USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef *pDesc;
USBD_ClassTypeDef *pClass;
void *pClassData;
void *pUserData;
void *pData;
} USBD_HandleTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
#define SWAPBYTE(addr) (((uint16_t)(*((uint8_t *)(addr)))) + \
(((uint16_t)(*(((uint8_t *)(addr)) + 1))) << 8))
#define LOBYTE(x) ((uint8_t)(x & 0x00FF))
#define HIBYTE(x) ((uint8_t)((x & 0xFF00) >>8))
#define MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#define MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#if defined ( __GNUC__ )
#ifndef __weak
#define __weak __attribute__((weak))
#endif /* __weak */
#ifndef __packed
#define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
#endif /* __packed */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/* In HS mode and when the DMA is used, all variables and data structures dealing
with the DMA during the transaction process should be 4-bytes aligned */
#if defined (__GNUC__) /* GNU Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_END __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#else
#define __ALIGN_END
#if defined (__CC_ARM) /* ARM Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
#elif defined (__ICCARM__) /* IAR Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN
#elif defined (__TASKING__) /* TASKING Compiler */
#define __ALIGN_BEGIN __align(4)
#endif /* __CC_ARM */
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_DEF_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_DEF_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Inc/usbd_ioreq.h
+128
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_ioreq.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief Header file for the usbd_ioreq.c file
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __USBD_IOREQ_H
#define __USBD_IOREQ_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_def.h"
#include "usbd_core.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ
* @brief header file for the usbd_ioreq.c file
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Exported_FunctionsPrototype
* @{
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *buf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlPrepareRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlReceiveStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev);
uint16_t USBD_GetRxCount (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
uint8_t epnum);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __USBD_IOREQ_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_core.c
+565
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,565 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_core.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief This file provides all the USBD core functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_core.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USBD_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE
* @brief usbd core module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_CORE_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_Init
* Initializes the device stack and load the class driver
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param pdesc: Descriptor structure address
* @param id: Low level core index
* @retval None
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Init(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_DescriptorsTypeDef *pdesc, uint8_t id)
{
/* Check whether the USB Host handle is valid */
if(pdev == NULL)
{
USBD_ErrLog("Invalid Device handle");
return USBD_FAIL;
}
/* Unlink previous class*/
if(pdev->pClass != NULL)
{
pdev->pClass = NULL;
}
/* Assign USBD Descriptors */
if(pdesc != NULL)
{
pdev->pDesc = pdesc;
}
/* Set Device initial State */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
pdev->id = id;
/* Initialize low level driver */
USBD_LL_Init(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DeInit
* Re-Initialize th device library
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status: status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_DeInit(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Set Default State */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
/* Free Class Resources */
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, pdev->dev_config);
/* Stop the low level driver */
USBD_LL_Stop(pdev);
/* Initialize low level driver */
USBD_LL_DeInit(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_RegisterClass
* Link class driver to Device Core.
* @param pDevice : Device Handle
* @param pclass: Class handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RegisterClass(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_ClassTypeDef *pclass)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef status = USBD_OK;
if(pclass != 0)
{
/* link the class to the USB Device handle */
pdev->pClass = pclass;
status = USBD_OK;
}
else
{
USBD_ErrLog("Invalid Class handle");
status = USBD_FAIL;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Start
* Start the USB Device Core.
* @param pdev: Device Handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Start (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Start the low level driver */
USBD_LL_Start(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Stop
* Stop the USB Device Core.
* @param pdev: Device Handle
* @retval USBD Status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_Stop (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Free Class Resources */
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, pdev->dev_config);
/* Stop the low level driver */
USBD_LL_Stop(pdev);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_RunTestMode
* Launch test mode process
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_RunTestMode (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetClassConfig
* Configure device and start the interface
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: configuration index
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_SetClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_FAIL;
if(pdev->pClass != NULL)
{
/* Set configuration and Start the Class*/
if(pdev->pClass->Init(pdev, cfgidx) == 0)
{
ret = USBD_OK;
}
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_ClrClassConfig
* Clear current configuration
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param cfgidx: configuration index
* @retval status: USBD_StatusTypeDef
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_ClrClassConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t cfgidx)
{
/* Clear configuration and De-initialize the Class process*/
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, cfgidx);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetupStage
* Handle the setup stage
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetupStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t *psetup)
{
USBD_ParseSetupRequest(&pdev->request, psetup);
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_SETUP;
pdev->ep0_data_len = pdev->request.wLength;
switch (pdev->request.bmRequest & 0x1F)
{
case USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_DEVICE:
USBD_StdDevReq (pdev, &pdev->request);
break;
case USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_INTERFACE:
USBD_StdItfReq(pdev, &pdev->request);
break;
case USB_REQ_RECIPIENT_ENDPOINT:
USBD_StdEPReq(pdev, &pdev->request);
break;
default:
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , pdev->request.bmRequest & 0x80);
break;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DataOutStage
* Handle data OUT stage
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint index
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataOutStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t epnum, uint8_t *pdata)
{
USBD_EndpointTypeDef *pep;
if(epnum == 0)
{
pep = &pdev->ep_out[0];
if ( pdev->ep0_state == USBD_EP0_DATA_OUT)
{
if(pep->rem_length > pep->maxpacket)
{
pep->rem_length -= pep->maxpacket;
USBD_CtlContinueRx (pdev,
pdata,
MIN(pep->rem_length ,pep->maxpacket));
}
else
{
if((pdev->pClass->EP0_RxReady != NULL)&&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->EP0_RxReady(pdev);
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
}
}
else if((pdev->pClass->DataOut != NULL)&&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->DataOut(pdev, epnum);
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DataInStage
* Handle data in stage
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param epnum: endpoint index
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DataInStage(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,uint8_t epnum, uint8_t *pdata)
{
USBD_EndpointTypeDef *pep;
if(epnum == 0)
{
pep = &pdev->ep_in[0];
if ( pdev->ep0_state == USBD_EP0_DATA_IN)
{
if(pep->rem_length > pep->maxpacket)
{
pep->rem_length -= pep->maxpacket;
USBD_CtlContinueSendData (pdev,
pdata,
pep->rem_length);
/* Prepare endpoint for premature end of transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev,
0,
NULL,
0);
}
else
{ /* last packet is MPS multiple, so send ZLP packet */
if((pep->total_length % pep->maxpacket == 0) &&
(pep->total_length >= pep->maxpacket) &&
(pep->total_length < pdev->ep0_data_len ))
{
USBD_CtlContinueSendData(pdev , NULL, 0);
pdev->ep0_data_len = 0;
/* Prepare endpoint for premature end of transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev,
0,
NULL,
0);
}
else
{
if((pdev->pClass->EP0_TxSent != NULL)&&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->EP0_TxSent(pdev);
}
USBD_CtlReceiveStatus(pdev);
}
}
}
if (pdev->dev_test_mode == 1)
{
USBD_RunTestMode(pdev);
pdev->dev_test_mode = 0;
}
}
else if((pdev->pClass->DataIn != NULL)&&
(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED))
{
pdev->pClass->DataIn(pdev, epnum);
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_LL_Reset
* Handle Reset event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Reset(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Open EP0 OUT */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev,
0x00,
USBD_EP_TYPE_CTRL,
USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE);
pdev->ep_out[0].maxpacket = USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE;
/* Open EP0 IN */
USBD_LL_OpenEP(pdev,
0x80,
USBD_EP_TYPE_CTRL,
USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE);
pdev->ep_in[0].maxpacket = USB_MAX_EP0_SIZE;
/* Upon Reset call user call back */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
if (pdev->pClassData)
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, pdev->dev_config);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_LL_Reset
* Handle Reset event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SetSpeed(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, USBD_SpeedTypeDef speed)
{
pdev->dev_speed = speed;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Suspend
* Handle Suspend event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Suspend(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
pdev->dev_old_state = pdev->dev_state;
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_SUSPENDED;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_Resume
* Handle Resume event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_Resume(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
pdev->dev_state = pdev->dev_old_state;
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SOF
* Handle SOF event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_SOF(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
if(pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED)
{
if(pdev->pClass->SOF != NULL)
{
pdev->pClass->SOF(pdev);
}
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_IsoINIncomplete
* Handle iso in incomplete event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoINIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_IsoOUTIncomplete
* Handle iso out incomplete event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_IsoOUTIncomplete(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev, uint8_t epnum)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DevConnected
* Handle device connection event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevConnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_DevDisconnected
* Handle device disconnection event
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_LL_DevDisconnected(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Free Class Resources */
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
pdev->pClass->DeInit(pdev, pdev->dev_config);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_ctlreq.c
+782
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,782 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_req.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief This file provides the standard USB requests following chapter 9.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_ctlreq.h"
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USBD_STATE_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ
* @brief USB standard requests module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
static void USBD_GetDescriptor(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_SetAddress(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_SetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_GetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_GetStatus(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_SetFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static void USBD_ClrFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req);
static uint8_t USBD_GetLen(uint8_t *buf);
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_REQ_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_StdDevReq
* Handle standard usb device requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdDevReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_OK;
switch (req->bRequest)
{
case USB_REQ_GET_DESCRIPTOR:
USBD_GetDescriptor (pdev, req) ;
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_ADDRESS:
USBD_SetAddress(pdev, req);
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_CONFIGURATION:
USBD_SetConfig (pdev , req);
break;
case USB_REQ_GET_CONFIGURATION:
USBD_GetConfig (pdev , req);
break;
case USB_REQ_GET_STATUS:
USBD_GetStatus (pdev , req);
break;
case USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE:
USBD_SetFeature (pdev , req);
break;
case USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE:
USBD_ClrFeature (pdev , req);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_StdItfReq
* Handle standard usb interface requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdItfReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_OK;
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (LOBYTE(req->wIndex) <= USBD_MAX_NUM_INTERFACES)
{
pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
if((req->wLength == 0)&& (ret == USBD_OK))
{
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_StdEPReq
* Handle standard usb endpoint requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_StdEPReq (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
uint8_t ep_addr;
USBD_StatusTypeDef ret = USBD_OK;
USBD_EndpointTypeDef *pep;
ep_addr = LOBYTE(req->wIndex);
/* Check if it is a class request */
if ((req->bmRequest & 0x60) == 0x20)
{
pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
return USBD_OK;
}
switch (req->bRequest)
{
case USB_REQ_SET_FEATURE :
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if ((ep_addr != 0x00) && (ep_addr != 0x80))
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , ep_addr);
}
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_EP_HALT)
{
if ((ep_addr != 0x00) && (ep_addr != 0x80))
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , ep_addr);
}
}
pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
break;
case USB_REQ_CLEAR_FEATURE :
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if ((ep_addr != 0x00) && (ep_addr != 0x80))
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , ep_addr);
}
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_EP_HALT)
{
if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) != 0x00)
{
USBD_LL_ClearStallEP(pdev , ep_addr);
pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
break;
case USB_REQ_GET_STATUS:
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) != 0x00)
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , ep_addr);
}
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
pep = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) ? &pdev->ep_in[ep_addr & 0x7F]:\
&pdev->ep_out[ep_addr & 0x7F];
if(USBD_LL_IsStallEP(pdev, ep_addr))
{
pep->status = 0x0001;
}
else
{
pep->status = 0x0000;
}
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev,
(uint8_t *)&pep->status,
2);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
return ret;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetDescriptor
* Handle Get Descriptor requests
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_GetDescriptor(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
uint16_t len;
uint8_t *pbuf;
switch (req->wValue >> 8)
{
#if (USBD_LPM_ENABLED == 1)
case USB_DESC_TYPE_BOS:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetBOSDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
#endif
case USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetDeviceDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION:
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetHSConfigDescriptor(&len);
pbuf[1] = USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION;
}
else
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetFSConfigDescriptor(&len);
pbuf[1] = USB_DESC_TYPE_CONFIGURATION;
}
break;
case USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING:
switch ((uint8_t)(req->wValue))
{
case USBD_IDX_LANGID_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetLangIDStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_MFC_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetManufacturerStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_PRODUCT_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetProductStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_SERIAL_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetSerialStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_CONFIG_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetConfigurationStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
case USBD_IDX_INTERFACE_STR:
pbuf = pdev->pDesc->GetInterfaceStrDescriptor(pdev->dev_speed, &len);
break;
default:
#if (USBD_SUPPORT_USER_STRING == 1)
pbuf = pdev->pClass->GetUsrStrDescriptor(pdev, (req->wValue) , &len);
break;
#else
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
#endif
}
break;
case USB_DESC_TYPE_DEVICE_QUALIFIER:
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetDeviceQualifierDescriptor(&len);
break;
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
case USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION:
if(pdev->dev_speed == USBD_SPEED_HIGH )
{
pbuf = (uint8_t *)pdev->pClass->GetOtherSpeedConfigDescriptor(&len);
pbuf[1] = USB_DESC_TYPE_OTHER_SPEED_CONFIGURATION;
break;
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
if((len != 0)&& (req->wLength != 0))
{
len = MIN(len , req->wLength);
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev,
pbuf,
len);
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetAddress
* Set device address
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_SetAddress(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
uint8_t dev_addr;
if ((req->wIndex == 0) && (req->wLength == 0))
{
dev_addr = (uint8_t)(req->wValue) & 0x7F;
if (pdev->dev_state == USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
}
else
{
pdev->dev_address = dev_addr;
USBD_LL_SetUSBAddress(pdev, dev_addr);
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
if (dev_addr != 0)
{
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED;
}
else
{
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_DEFAULT;
}
}
}
else
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetConfig
* Handle Set device configuration request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_SetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
static uint8_t cfgidx;
cfgidx = (uint8_t)(req->wValue);
if (cfgidx > USBD_MAX_NUM_CONFIGURATION )
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
}
else
{
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
if (cfgidx)
{
pdev->dev_config = cfgidx;
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED;
if(USBD_SetClassConfig(pdev , cfgidx) == USBD_FAIL)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (cfgidx == 0)
{
pdev->dev_state = USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED;
pdev->dev_config = cfgidx;
USBD_ClrClassConfig(pdev , cfgidx);
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
else if (cfgidx != pdev->dev_config)
{
/* Clear old configuration */
USBD_ClrClassConfig(pdev , pdev->dev_config);
/* set new configuration */
pdev->dev_config = cfgidx;
if(USBD_SetClassConfig(pdev , cfgidx) == USBD_FAIL)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
return;
}
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
else
{
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetConfig
* Handle Get device configuration request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_GetConfig(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
if (req->wLength != 1)
{
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
}
else
{
switch (pdev->dev_state )
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
pdev->dev_default_config = 0;
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev,
(uint8_t *)&pdev->dev_default_config,
1);
break;
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev,
(uint8_t *)&pdev->dev_config,
1);
break;
default:
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetStatus
* Handle Get Status request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_GetStatus(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
#if ( USBD_SELF_POWERED == 1)
pdev->dev_config_status = USB_CONFIG_SELF_POWERED;
#else
pdev->dev_config_status = 0;
#endif
if (pdev->dev_remote_wakeup)
{
pdev->dev_config_status |= USB_CONFIG_REMOTE_WAKEUP;
}
USBD_CtlSendData (pdev,
(uint8_t *)& pdev->dev_config_status,
2);
break;
default :
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_SetFeature
* Handle Set device feature request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_SetFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
{
pdev->dev_remote_wakeup = 1;
pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_ClrFeature
* Handle clear device feature request
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval status
*/
static void USBD_ClrFeature(USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
switch (pdev->dev_state)
{
case USBD_STATE_ADDRESSED:
case USBD_STATE_CONFIGURED:
if (req->wValue == USB_FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
{
pdev->dev_remote_wakeup = 0;
pdev->pClass->Setup (pdev, req);
USBD_CtlSendStatus(pdev);
}
break;
default :
USBD_CtlError(pdev , req);
break;
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_ParseSetupRequest
* Copy buffer into setup structure
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval None
*/
void USBD_ParseSetupRequest(USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req, uint8_t *pdata)
{
req->bmRequest = *(uint8_t *) (pdata);
req->bRequest = *(uint8_t *) (pdata + 1);
req->wValue = SWAPBYTE (pdata + 2);
req->wIndex = SWAPBYTE (pdata + 4);
req->wLength = SWAPBYTE (pdata + 6);
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlError
* Handle USB low level Error
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param req: usb request
* @retval None
*/
void USBD_CtlError( USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev ,
USBD_SetupReqTypedef *req)
{
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , 0x80);
USBD_LL_StallEP(pdev , 0);
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetString
* Convert Ascii string into unicode one
* @param desc : descriptor buffer
* @param unicode : Formatted string buffer (unicode)
* @param len : descriptor length
* @retval None
*/
void USBD_GetString(uint8_t *desc, uint8_t *unicode, uint16_t *len)
{
uint8_t idx = 0;
if (desc != NULL)
{
*len = USBD_GetLen(desc) * 2 + 2;
unicode[idx++] = *len;
unicode[idx++] = USB_DESC_TYPE_STRING;
while (*desc != '\0')
{
unicode[idx++] = *desc++;
unicode[idx++] = 0x00;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetLen
* return the string length
* @param buf : pointer to the ascii string buffer
* @retval string length
*/
static uint8_t USBD_GetLen(uint8_t *buf)
{
uint8_t len = 0;
while (*buf != '\0')
{
len++;
buf++;
}
return len;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/ST/STM32_USB_Device_Library/Core/Src/usbd_ioreq.c
+236
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file usbd_ioreq.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.4.2
* @date 11-December-2015
* @brief This file provides the IO requests APIs for control endpoints.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "usbd_ioreq.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32_USB_DEVICE_LIBRARY
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ
* @brief control I/O requests module
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USBD_IOREQ_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlSendData
* send data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be sent
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_DATA_IN;
pdev->ep_in[0].total_length = len;
pdev->ep_in[0].rem_length = len;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_Transmit (pdev, 0x00, pbuf, len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlContinueSendData
* continue sending data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be sent
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueSendData (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len)
{
/* Start the next transfer */
USBD_LL_Transmit (pdev, 0x00, pbuf, len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlPrepareRx
* receive data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be received
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlPrepareRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_DATA_OUT;
pdev->ep_out[0].total_length = len;
pdev->ep_out[0].rem_length = len;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev,
0,
pbuf,
len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlContinueRx
* continue receive data on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param buff: pointer to data buffer
* @param len: length of data to be received
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlContinueRx (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev,
uint8_t *pbuf,
uint16_t len)
{
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive (pdev,
0,
pbuf,
len);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlSendStatus
* send zero lzngth packet on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlSendStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_STATUS_IN;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_Transmit (pdev, 0x00, NULL, 0);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_CtlReceiveStatus
* receive zero lzngth packet on the ctl pipe
* @param pdev: device instance
* @retval status
*/
USBD_StatusTypeDef USBD_CtlReceiveStatus (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev)
{
/* Set EP0 State */
pdev->ep0_state = USBD_EP0_STATUS_OUT;
/* Start the transfer */
USBD_LL_PrepareReceive ( pdev,
0,
NULL,
0);
return USBD_OK;
}
/**
* @brief USBD_GetRxCount
* returns the received data length
* @param pdev: device instance
* @param ep_addr: endpoint address
* @retval Rx Data blength
*/
uint16_t USBD_GetRxCount (USBD_HandleTypeDef *pdev , uint8_t ep_addr)
{
return USBD_LL_GetRxDataSize(pdev, ep_addr);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS/cmsis_os.c
Vendored
+1515
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS/cmsis_os.h
Vendored
+950
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,950 @@
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
* $Date: 5. February 2013
* $Revision: V1.02
*
* Project: CMSIS-RTOS API
* Title: cmsis_os.h header file
*
* Version 0.02
* Initial Proposal Phase
* Version 0.03
* osKernelStart added, optional feature: main started as thread
* osSemaphores have standard behavior
* osTimerCreate does not start the timer, added osTimerStart
* osThreadPass is renamed to osThreadYield
* Version 1.01
* Support for C++ interface
* - const attribute removed from the osXxxxDef_t typedef's
* - const attribute added to the osXxxxDef macros
* Added: osTimerDelete, osMutexDelete, osSemaphoreDelete
* Added: osKernelInitialize
* Version 1.02
* Control functions for short timeouts in microsecond resolution:
* Added: osKernelSysTick, osKernelSysTickFrequency, osKernelSysTickMicroSec
* Removed: osSignalGet
*
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Portions COPYRIGHT 2015 STMicroelectronics
* Portions Copyright (c) 2013 ARM LIMITED
* All rights reserved.
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* - Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used
* to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
* specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE
* LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
* SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
* ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file cmsis_os.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @date 27-March-2015
* @brief Header of cmsis_os.c
* A new set of APIs are added in addition to existing ones, these APIs
* are specific to FreeRTOS.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static __inline
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only available in High optimization mode! */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __STATIC_INLINE static inline
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "core_cmFunc.h"
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "semphr.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/**
\page cmsis_os_h Header File Template: cmsis_os.h
The file \b cmsis_os.h is a template header file for a CMSIS-RTOS compliant Real-Time Operating System (RTOS).
Each RTOS that is compliant with CMSIS-RTOS shall provide a specific \b cmsis_os.h header file that represents
its implementation.
The file cmsis_os.h contains:
- CMSIS-RTOS API function definitions
- struct definitions for parameters and return types
- status and priority values used by CMSIS-RTOS API functions
- macros for defining threads and other kernel objects
<b>Name conventions and header file modifications</b>
All definitions are prefixed with \b os to give an unique name space for CMSIS-RTOS functions.
Definitions that are prefixed \b os_ are not used in the application code but local to this header file.
All definitions and functions that belong to a module are grouped and have a common prefix, i.e. \b osThread.
Definitions that are marked with <b>CAN BE CHANGED</b> can be adapted towards the needs of the actual CMSIS-RTOS implementation.
These definitions can be specific to the underlying RTOS kernel.
Definitions that are marked with <b>MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED</b> cannot be altered. Otherwise the CMSIS-RTOS implementation is no longer
compliant to the standard. Note that some functions are optional and need not to be provided by every CMSIS-RTOS implementation.
<b>Function calls from interrupt service routines</b>
The following CMSIS-RTOS functions can be called from threads and interrupt service routines (ISR):
- \ref osSignalSet
- \ref osSemaphoreRelease
- \ref osPoolAlloc, \ref osPoolCAlloc, \ref osPoolFree
- \ref osMessagePut, \ref osMessageGet
- \ref osMailAlloc, \ref osMailCAlloc, \ref osMailGet, \ref osMailPut, \ref osMailFree
Functions that cannot be called from an ISR are verifying the interrupt status and return in case that they are called
from an ISR context the status code \b osErrorISR. In some implementations this condition might be caught using the HARD FAULT vector.
Some CMSIS-RTOS implementations support CMSIS-RTOS function calls from multiple ISR at the same time.
If this is impossible, the CMSIS-RTOS rejects calls by nested ISR functions with the status code \b osErrorISRRecursive.
<b>Define and reference object definitions</b>
With <b>\#define osObjectsExternal</b> objects are defined as external symbols. This allows to create a consistent header file
that is used throughout a project as shown below:
<i>Header File</i>
\code
#include <cmsis_os.h> // CMSIS RTOS header file
// Thread definition
extern void thread_sample (void const *argument); // function prototype
osThreadDef (thread_sample, osPriorityBelowNormal, 1, 100);
// Pool definition
osPoolDef(MyPool, 10, long);
\endcode
This header file defines all objects when included in a C/C++ source file. When <b>\#define osObjectsExternal</b> is
present before the header file, the objects are defined as external symbols. A single consistent header file can therefore be
used throughout the whole project.
<i>Example</i>
\code
#include "osObjects.h" // Definition of the CMSIS-RTOS objects
\endcode
\code
#define osObjectExternal // Objects will be defined as external symbols
#include "osObjects.h" // Reference to the CMSIS-RTOS objects
\endcode
*/
#ifndef _CMSIS_OS_H
#define _CMSIS_OS_H
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osCMSIS identifies the CMSIS-RTOS API version.
#define osCMSIS 0x10002 ///< API version (main [31:16] .sub [15:0])
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b osCMSIS_KERNEL identifies the underlying RTOS kernel and version number.
#define osCMSIS_KERNEL 0x10000 ///< RTOS identification and version (main [31:16] .sub [15:0])
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelSystemId shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osKernelSystemId "KERNEL V1.00" ///< RTOS identification string
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osFeature_xxx shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osFeature_MainThread 1 ///< main thread 1=main can be thread, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Pool 1 ///< Memory Pools: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_MailQ 1 ///< Mail Queues: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_MessageQ 1 ///< Message Queues: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Signals 8 ///< maximum number of Signal Flags available per thread
#define osFeature_Semaphore 1 ///< osFeature_Semaphore function: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_Wait 0 ///< osWait function: 1=available, 0=not available
#define osFeature_SysTick 1 ///< osKernelSysTick functions: 1=available, 0=not available
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
// ==== Enumeration, structures, defines ====
/// Priority used for thread control.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPriority shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef enum {
osPriorityIdle = -3, ///< priority: idle (lowest)
osPriorityLow = -2, ///< priority: low
osPriorityBelowNormal = -1, ///< priority: below normal
osPriorityNormal = 0, ///< priority: normal (default)
osPriorityAboveNormal = +1, ///< priority: above normal
osPriorityHigh = +2, ///< priority: high
osPriorityRealtime = +3, ///< priority: realtime (highest)
osPriorityError = 0x84 ///< system cannot determine priority or thread has illegal priority
} osPriority;
/// Timeout value.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osWaitForever shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osWaitForever 0xFFFFFFFF ///< wait forever timeout value
/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osStatus shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef enum {
osOK = 0, ///< function completed; no error or event occurred.
osEventSignal = 0x08, ///< function completed; signal event occurred.
osEventMessage = 0x10, ///< function completed; message event occurred.
osEventMail = 0x20, ///< function completed; mail event occurred.
osEventTimeout = 0x40, ///< function completed; timeout occurred.
osErrorParameter = 0x80, ///< parameter error: a mandatory parameter was missing or specified an incorrect object.
osErrorResource = 0x81, ///< resource not available: a specified resource was not available.
osErrorTimeoutResource = 0xC1, ///< resource not available within given time: a specified resource was not available within the timeout period.
osErrorISR = 0x82, ///< not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines.
osErrorISRRecursive = 0x83, ///< function called multiple times from ISR with same object.
osErrorPriority = 0x84, ///< system cannot determine priority or thread has illegal priority.
osErrorNoMemory = 0x85, ///< system is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation.
osErrorValue = 0x86, ///< value of a parameter is out of range.
osErrorOS = 0xFF, ///< unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits.
os_status_reserved = 0x7FFFFFFF ///< prevent from enum down-size compiler optimization.
} osStatus;
#if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 )
/* Thread state returned by osThreadGetState */
typedef enum {
osThreadRunning = 0x0, /* A thread is querying the state of itself, so must be running. */
osThreadReady = 0x1 , /* The thread being queried is in a read or pending ready list. */
osThreadBlocked = 0x2, /* The thread being queried is in the Blocked state. */
osThreadSuspended = 0x3, /* The thread being queried is in the Suspended state, or is in the Blocked state with an infinite time out. */
osThreadDeleted = 0x4, /* The thread being queried has been deleted, but its TCB has not yet been freed. */
osThreadError = 0x7FFFFFFF
} osThreadState;
#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
/// Timer type value for the timer definition.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_timer_type shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef enum {
osTimerOnce = 0, ///< one-shot timer
osTimerPeriodic = 1 ///< repeating timer
} os_timer_type;
/// Entry point of a thread.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_pthread shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef void (*os_pthread) (void const *argument);
/// Entry point of a timer call back function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_ptimer shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef void (*os_ptimer) (void const *argument);
// >>> the following data type definitions may shall adapted towards a specific RTOS
/// Thread ID identifies the thread (pointer to a thread control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_thread_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef TaskHandle_t osThreadId;
/// Timer ID identifies the timer (pointer to a timer control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_timer_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef TimerHandle_t osTimerId;
/// Mutex ID identifies the mutex (pointer to a mutex control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mutex_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef SemaphoreHandle_t osMutexId;
/// Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore (pointer to a semaphore control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_semaphore_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef SemaphoreHandle_t osSemaphoreId;
/// Pool ID identifies the memory pool (pointer to a memory pool control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_pool_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_pool_cb *osPoolId;
/// Message ID identifies the message queue (pointer to a message queue control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_messageQ_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef QueueHandle_t osMessageQId;
/// Mail ID identifies the mail queue (pointer to a mail queue control block).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mailQ_cb is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_mailQ_cb *osMailQId;
/// Thread Definition structure contains startup information of a thread.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_thread_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_thread_def {
char *name; ///< Thread name
os_pthread pthread; ///< start address of thread function
osPriority tpriority; ///< initial thread priority
uint32_t instances; ///< maximum number of instances of that thread function
uint32_t stacksize; ///< stack size requirements in bytes; 0 is default stack size
} osThreadDef_t;
/// Timer Definition structure contains timer parameters.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_timer_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_timer_def {
os_ptimer ptimer; ///< start address of a timer function
} osTimerDef_t;
/// Mutex Definition structure contains setup information for a mutex.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mutex_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_mutex_def {
uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value.
} osMutexDef_t;
/// Semaphore Definition structure contains setup information for a semaphore.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_semaphore_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_semaphore_def {
uint32_t dummy; ///< dummy value.
} osSemaphoreDef_t;
/// Definition structure for memory block allocation.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_pool_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_pool_def {
uint32_t pool_sz; ///< number of items (elements) in the pool
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
void *pool; ///< pointer to memory for pool
} osPoolDef_t;
/// Definition structure for message queue.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_messageQ_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_messageQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
//void *pool; ///< memory array for messages
} osMessageQDef_t;
/// Definition structure for mail queue.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: \b os_mailQ_def is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
typedef struct os_mailQ_def {
uint32_t queue_sz; ///< number of elements in the queue
uint32_t item_sz; ///< size of an item
struct os_mailQ_cb **cb;
} osMailQDef_t;
/// Event structure contains detailed information about an event.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b os_event shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
/// However the struct may be extended at the end.
typedef struct {
osStatus status; ///< status code: event or error information
union {
uint32_t v; ///< message as 32-bit value
void *p; ///< message or mail as void pointer
int32_t signals; ///< signal flags
} value; ///< event value
union {
osMailQId mail_id; ///< mail id obtained by \ref osMailCreate
osMessageQId message_id; ///< message id obtained by \ref osMessageCreate
} def; ///< event definition
} osEvent;
// ==== Kernel Control Functions ====
/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel for creating objects.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelInitialize shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osKernelInitialize (void);
/// Start the RTOS Kernel.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelStart shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osKernelStart (void);
/// Check if the RTOS kernel is already started.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelRunning shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
/// \return 0 RTOS is not started, 1 RTOS is started.
int32_t osKernelRunning(void);
#if (defined (osFeature_SysTick) && (osFeature_SysTick != 0)) // System Timer available
/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer counter
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osKernelSysTick shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
/// \return RTOS kernel system timer as 32-bit value
uint32_t osKernelSysTick (void);
/// The RTOS kernel system timer frequency in Hz
/// \note Reflects the system timer setting and is typically defined in a configuration file.
#define osKernelSysTickFrequency (configTICK_RATE_HZ)
/// Convert a microseconds value to a RTOS kernel system timer value.
/// \param microsec time value in microseconds.
/// \return time value normalized to the \ref osKernelSysTickFrequency
#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec * (osKernelSysTickFrequency)) / 1000000)
#endif // System Timer available
// ==== Thread Management ====
/// Create a Thread Definition with function, priority, and stack requirements.
/// \param name name of the thread function.
/// \param priority initial priority of the thread function.
/// \param instances number of possible thread instances.
/// \param stacksz stack size (in bytes) requirements for the thread function.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameters to \b osThreadDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osThreadDef(name, thread, priority, instances, stacksz) \
extern const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osThreadDef(name, thread, priority, instances, stacksz) \
const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name = \
{ #name, (thread), (priority), (instances), (stacksz) }
#endif
/// Access a Thread definition.
/// \param name name of the thread definition object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osThread shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osThread(name) \
&os_thread_def_##name
/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads and set it to state READY.
/// \param[in] thread_def thread definition referenced with \ref osThread.
/// \param[in] argument pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osThreadId osThreadCreate (const osThreadDef_t *thread_def, void *argument);
/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread.
/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadGetId shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osThreadId osThreadGetId (void);
/// Terminate execution of a thread and remove it from Active Threads.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadTerminate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osThreadTerminate (osThreadId thread_id);
/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadYield shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osThreadYield (void);
/// Change priority of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] priority new priority value for the thread function.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadSetPriority shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId thread_id, osPriority priority);
/// Get current priority of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \return current priority value of the thread function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osThreadGetPriority shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osPriority osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId thread_id);
// ==== Generic Wait Functions ====
/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay).
/// \param[in] millisec time delay value
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
osStatus osDelay (uint32_t millisec);
#if (defined (osFeature_Wait) && (osFeature_Wait != 0)) // Generic Wait available
/// Wait for Signal, Message, Mail, or Timeout.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return event that contains signal, message, or mail information or error code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osWait (uint32_t millisec);
#endif // Generic Wait available
// ==== Timer Management Functions ====
/// Define a Timer object.
/// \param name name of the timer object.
/// \param function name of the timer call back function.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osTimerDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
extern const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name = \
{ (function) }
#endif
/// Access a Timer definition.
/// \param name name of the timer object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osTimer shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osTimer(name) \
&os_timer_def_##name
/// Create a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_def timer object referenced with \ref osTimer.
/// \param[in] type osTimerOnce for one-shot or osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior.
/// \param[in] argument argument to the timer call back function.
/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osTimerId osTimerCreate (const osTimerDef_t *timer_def, os_timer_type type, void *argument);
/// Start or restart a timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec time delay value of the timer.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerStart shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osTimerStart (osTimerId timer_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Stop the timer.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerStop shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osTimerStop (osTimerId timer_id);
/// Delete a timer that was created by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \param[in] timer_id timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osTimerDelete shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osTimerDelete (osTimerId timer_id);
// ==== Signal Management ====
/// Set the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that should be set.
/// \return osOK if successful, osErrorOS if failed.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSignalSet shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
int32_t osSignalSet (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
/// Clear the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
/// \param[in] signals specifies the signal flags of the thread that shall be cleared.
/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSignalClear shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
int32_t osSignalClear (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
/// Wait for one or more Signal Flags to become signaled for the current \b RUNNING thread.
/// \param[in] signals wait until all specified signal flags set or 0 for any single signal flag.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event flag information or error code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSignalWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osSignalWait (int32_t signals, uint32_t millisec);
// ==== Mutex Management ====
/// Define a Mutex.
/// \param name name of the mutex object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMutexDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMutexDef(name) \
extern const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMutexDef(name) \
const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name = { 0 }
#endif
/// Access a Mutex definition.
/// \param name name of the mutex object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMutex shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osMutex(name) \
&os_mutex_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object.
/// \param[in] mutex_def mutex definition referenced with \ref osMutex.
/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osMutexId osMutexCreate (const osMutexDef_t *mutex_def);
/// Wait until a Mutex becomes available.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMutexWait (osMutexId mutex_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Release a Mutex that was obtained by \ref osMutexWait.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexRelease shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMutexRelease (osMutexId mutex_id);
/// Delete a Mutex that was created by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \param[in] mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMutexDelete shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMutexDelete (osMutexId mutex_id);
// ==== Semaphore Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_Semaphore) && (osFeature_Semaphore != 0)) // Semaphore available
/// Define a Semaphore object.
/// \param name name of the semaphore object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osSemaphoreDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
extern const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name = { 0 }
#endif
/// Access a Semaphore definition.
/// \param name name of the semaphore object.
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osSemaphore shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osSemaphore(name) \
&os_semaphore_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object used for managing resources.
/// \param[in] semaphore_def semaphore definition referenced with \ref osSemaphore.
/// \param[in] count number of available resources.
/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreCreate (const osSemaphoreDef_t *semaphore_def, int32_t count);
/// Wait until a Semaphore token becomes available.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return number of available tokens, or -1 in case of incorrect parameters.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreWait shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
int32_t osSemaphoreWait (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Release a Semaphore token.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreRelease shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
/// Delete a Semaphore that was created by \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \param[in] semaphore_id semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osSemaphoreDelete shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
#endif // Semaphore available
// ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_Pool) && (osFeature_Pool != 0)) // Memory Pool Management available
/// \brief Define a Memory Pool.
/// \param name name of the memory pool.
/// \param no maximum number of blocks (objects) in the memory pool.
/// \param type data type of a single block (object).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osPoolDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
extern const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name = \
{ (no), sizeof(type), NULL }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Memory Pool definition.
/// \param name name of the memory pool
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osPool shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osPool(name) \
&os_pool_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a memory pool.
/// \param[in] pool_def memory pool definition referenced with \ref osPool.
/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osPoolId osPoolCreate (const osPoolDef_t *pool_def);
/// Allocate a memory block from a memory pool.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osPoolAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
/// Allocate a memory block from a memory pool and set memory block to zero.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolCAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osPoolCAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
/// Return an allocated memory block back to a specific memory pool.
/// \param[in] pool_id memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
/// \param[in] block address of the allocated memory block that is returned to the memory pool.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osPoolFree shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osPoolFree (osPoolId pool_id, void *block);
#endif // Memory Pool Management available
// ==== Message Queue Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_MessageQ) && (osFeature_MessageQ != 0)) // Message Queues available
/// \brief Create a Message Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue.
/// \param queue_sz maximum number of messages in the queue.
/// \param type data type of a single message element (for debugger).
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMessageQDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
extern const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name = \
{ (queue_sz), sizeof (type) }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Message Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMessageQ shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osMessageQ(name) \
&os_messageQ_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_def queue definition referenced with \ref osMessageQ.
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMessageCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osMessageQId osMessageCreate (const osMessageQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
/// Put a Message to a Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
/// \param[in] info message information.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMessagePut shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMessagePut (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t info, uint32_t millisec);
/// Get a Message or Wait for a Message from a Queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
/// \return event information that includes status code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMessageGet shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osMessageGet (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
#endif // Message Queues available
// ==== Mail Queue Management Functions ====
#if (defined (osFeature_MailQ) && (osFeature_MailQ != 0)) // Mail Queues available
/// \brief Create a Mail Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
/// \param queue_sz maximum number of messages in queue
/// \param type data type of a single message element
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMailQDef shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#if defined (osObjectsExternal) // object is external
#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
extern struct os_mailQ_cb *os_mailQ_cb_##name \
extern osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name
#else // define the object
#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
struct os_mailQ_cb *os_mailQ_cb_##name; \
const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name = \
{ (queue_sz), sizeof (type), (&os_mailQ_cb_##name) }
#endif
/// \brief Access a Mail Queue Definition.
/// \param name name of the queue
/// \note CAN BE CHANGED: The parameter to \b osMailQ shall be consistent but the
/// macro body is implementation specific in every CMSIS-RTOS.
#define osMailQ(name) \
&os_mailQ_def_##name
/// Create and Initialize mail queue.
/// \param[in] queue_def reference to the mail queue definition obtain with \ref osMailQ
/// \param[in] thread_id thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
/// \return mail queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailCreate shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osMailQId osMailCreate (const osMailQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
/// Allocate a memory block from a mail.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osMailAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Allocate a memory block from a mail and set memory block to zero.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailCAlloc shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
void *osMailCAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Put a mail to a queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] mail memory block previously allocated with \ref osMailAlloc or \ref osMailCAlloc.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailPut shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMailPut (osMailQId queue_id, void *mail);
/// Get a mail from a queue.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out
/// \return event that contains mail information or error code.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailGet shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osEvent osMailGet (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/// Free a memory block from a mail.
/// \param[in] queue_id mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
/// \param[in] mail pointer to the memory block that was obtained with \ref osMailGet.
/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
/// \note MUST REMAIN UNCHANGED: \b osMailFree shall be consistent in every CMSIS-RTOS.
osStatus osMailFree (osMailQId queue_id, void *mail);
#endif // Mail Queues available
/*************************** Additional specific APIs to Free RTOS ************/
/**
* @brief Handles the tick increment
* @param none.
* @retval none.
*/
void osSystickHandler(void);
#if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 )
/**
* @brief Obtain the state of any thread.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval the stae of the thread, states are encoded by the osThreadState enumerated type.
*/
osThreadState osThreadGetState(osThreadId thread_id);
#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
#if ( INCLUDE_eTaskGetState == 1 )
/**
* @brief Check if a thread is already suspended or not.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadIsSuspended(osThreadId thread_id);
#endif /* INCLUDE_eTaskGetState */
/**
* @brief Suspend execution of a thread.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadSuspend (osThreadId thread_id);
/**
* @brief Resume execution of a suspended thread.
* @param thread_id thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadResume (osThreadId thread_id);
/**
* @brief Suspend execution of a all active threads.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadSuspendAll (void);
/**
* @brief Resume execution of a all suspended threads.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadResumeAll (void);
/**
* @brief Delay a task until a specified time
* @param PreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the
* task was last unblocked. PreviousWakeTime must be initialised with the current time
* prior to its first use (PreviousWakeTime = osKernelSysTick() )
* @param millisec time delay value
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osDelayUntil (uint32_t *PreviousWakeTime, uint32_t millisec);
/**
* @brief Lists all the current threads, along with their current state
* and stack usage high water mark.
* @param buffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details
* will be written
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osThreadList (uint8_t *buffer);
/**
* @brief Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
* @param queue_id message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
* @param millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
* @retval event information that includes status code.
*/
osEvent osMessagePeek (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
/**
* @brief Create and Initialize a Recursive Mutex
* @param mutex_def mutex definition referenced with \ref osMutex.
* @retval mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error..
*/
osMutexId osRecursiveMutexCreate (const osMutexDef_t *mutex_def);
/**
* @brief Release a Recursive Mutex
* @param mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osRecursiveMutexCreate.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osRecursiveMutexRelease (osMutexId mutex_id);
/**
* @brief Release a Recursive Mutex
* @param mutex_id mutex ID obtained by \ref osRecursiveMutexCreate.
* @param millisec timeout value or 0 in case of no time-out.
* @retval status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
*/
osStatus osRecursiveMutexWait (osMutexId mutex_id, uint32_t millisec);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif // _CMSIS_OS_H
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c
Vendored
+395
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
return;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c
Vendored
+683
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
#if ( INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xEventGroupSetBitFromISR() function available.
#endif
#if ( INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 0 )
#error INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall must also be set to one to make the xEventGroupSetBitFromISR() function available.
#endif
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
item value. It is important they don't clash with the
taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U
#else
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL
#endif
typedef struct xEventGroupDefinition
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
List_t *pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
item before removing the task from the event list. The
eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
than because it timed out. */
( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h
Vendored
+799
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_FREERTOS_H
/*
* Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
*/
#include <stddef.h>
/*
* If stdint.h cannot be located then:
* + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used.
* + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your
* compiler stores stdint.h.
* + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically
* stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any
* other way).
* + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be
* used in cases where none is provided by the compiler. The files only
* contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS. Read the instructions
* in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information.
*/
#include <stdint.h> /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Application specific configuration options. */
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
#include "projdefs.h"
/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
#include "portable.h"
/*
* Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
* These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*/
#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#error Missing definition: configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task. Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value.
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
#error Missing definition: configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
#error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
#error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
#error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#endif
#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0
#ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES
#error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1.
#endif
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
#define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName
#define INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
#endif
#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS
#define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
#endif
#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
#endif
#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
#endif
#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
#error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
#define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR
#define INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 0
#endif
#ifndef configASSERT
#define configASSERT( x )
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 0
#else
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 1
#endif
/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
#ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#endif
#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK
#define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending )
#endif
#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
#define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#endif
#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
#endif
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
#endif
#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
#define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint32_t
#endif
/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
#ifndef traceSTART
/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
into which trace is to be written. */
#define traceSTART()
#endif
#ifndef traceEND
/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
written. */
#define traceEND()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
/* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the selected task. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
#endif
#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
sleep. */
#define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
#endif
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
/* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
#endif
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
/* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
/* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
muted. */
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the read. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the write. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
#endif
/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
#define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
#define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
#define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
#define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
#define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
#define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
#define traceTASK_DELAY()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
#define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
#define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
#define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
#define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
#define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
#define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
#endif
#ifndef traceMALLOC
#define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize )
#endif
#ifndef traceFREE
#define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup )
#endif
#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL
#define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret)
#endif
#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR
#define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret)
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD
#define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD(xQueue, pcQueueName)
#endif
#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
#endif
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
#endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
#endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
#endif
#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
#define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 )
#endif
#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
#endif
#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
#define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
#endif
#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
#define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
#endif
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
#define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2
#endif
#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
#error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0
#endif
#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
#define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
#endif
#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
#define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
#define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0
#endif
#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
#define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
#endif
#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
#define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0
#endif
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
#endif
#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER
#define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER()
#endif
#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY
#define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY()
#endif
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR
#define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0
#endif
#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP
#define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS
#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 0
#endif
#if( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 )
/* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or
portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when
the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) )
#else
/* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the
tick count is returned can be defined away. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) x
#endif
/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to
V8 if desired. */
#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
#define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 1
#endif
#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1
#define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState
#define portTickType TickType_t
#define xTaskHandle TaskHandle_t
#define xQueueHandle QueueHandle_t
#define xSemaphoreHandle SemaphoreHandle_t
#define xQueueSetHandle QueueSetHandle_t
#define xQueueSetMemberHandle QueueSetMemberHandle_t
#define xTimeOutType TimeOut_t
#define xMemoryRegion MemoryRegion_t
#define xTaskParameters TaskParameters_t
#define xTaskStatusType TaskStatus_t
#define xTimerHandle TimerHandle_t
#define xCoRoutineHandle CoRoutineHandle_t
#define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE TaskHookFunction_t
#define portTICK_RATE_MS portTICK_PERIOD_MS
/* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions
are not really required but are included for completeness. */
#define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK TimerCallbackFunction_t
#define pdTASK_CODE TaskFunction_t
#define xListItem ListItem_t
#define xList List_t
#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOSConfig_template.h
Vendored
+173
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Application specific definitions.
*
* These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
* application requirements.
*
* THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
* FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
*
* See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Ensure stdint is only used by the compiler, and not the assembler. */
#if defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM) || defined(__GNUC__)
#include <stdint.h>
extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
#endif
#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ (SystemCoreClock)
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ((TickType_t)1000)
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES (7)
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ((uint16_t)128)
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ((size_t)(15 * 1024))
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN (16)
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 8
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES (2)
/* Software timer definitions. */
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY (2)
#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH 10
#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH (configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE * 2)
/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
to exclude the API function. */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 1
/* Cortex-M specific definitions. */
#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
/* __BVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */
#define configPRIO_BITS __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
#else
#define configPRIO_BITS 4 /* 15 priority levels */
#endif
/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority"
function. */
#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 0xf
/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service
routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions. DO NOT CALL
INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER
PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */
#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself. These are generic
to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */
#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
header file. */
#define configASSERT( x ) if( ( x ) == 0 ) { taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); for( ;; ); }
/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS
standard names. */
#define vPortSVCHandler SVC_Handler
#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler
/* IMPORTANT: This define MUST be commented when used with STM32Cube firmware,
to prevent overwriting SysTick_Handler defined within STM32Cube HAL */
/* #define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler */
#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h
Vendored
+184
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
overflow checking. */
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h
Vendored
+762
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex
);</pre>
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
// LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
// already been created.
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}
// Function that creates two co-routines.
void vOtherFunction( void )
{
uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
TaskHandle_t xHandle;
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
{
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
// infinite loop.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
for( ;; )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crEND();</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
// We are to delay for 200ms.
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Delay for 200ms.
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
// Do something here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
// a queue.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
static BaseType_t xResult;
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult != pdPASS )
{
// The message was not posted!
}
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
xNumberToPost++;
// Delay for 100 ticks.
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
}
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xResult;
static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
}
}
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
// Was a character received?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// Process the character here.
}
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
// a co-routine.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
{
// Obtain the character from the UART.
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
// many characters are posted to the queue.
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
// period. The character is incremented each time.
static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
// be declared static.
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Send the next character to the queue.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
}
else
{
// Could not post the character to the queue.
}
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
// from the queue and send it.
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
// declared static.
cCharToTx++;
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
{
cCharToTx = 'a';
}
crDELAY( 100 );
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cCharToTx;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
{
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
{
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
}
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h
Vendored
+321
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h
Vendored
+730
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
#include "timers.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef void * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group. This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
// Attempt to create the event group.
xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
// Was the event group created successfully?
if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
{
// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
// FreeRTOS heap available.
}
else
{
// The event group was created.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
// the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
}
else
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
</pre>
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
// called. Both will now be clear (not set).
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The message was posted successfully.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Was the message posted successfully?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
// switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
// Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
// group has already been created elsewhere.
EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
{
EventBits_t uxReturn;
TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
// by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
// for this to happen.
uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
{
// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
}
}
}
void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet );
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear );
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup );
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h
Vendored
+453
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
#endif
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList );
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem );
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem );
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem );
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
Vendored
+157
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
#define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
#define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
#define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#endif
/* Remove the privileged function macro. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h
Vendored
+199
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* Used by heap_5.c. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions );
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint16_t usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h
Vendored
+114
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. */
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h
Vendored
+1691
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h
Vendored
+844
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,844 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
#define SEMAPHORE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
#endif
#include "queue.h"
typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the
* xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using
* the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
* first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
* created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
* the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
* as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
* queue is empty or full.
*
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \
{ \
( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
{ \
( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
} \
}
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void )</pre>
*
* The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this
* xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using
* the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
* first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
* created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
* the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
*
* Function that creates a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
* as nothing is actually stored - all that is important is whether the queue is
* empty or full (the binary semaphore is available or not).
*
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* @return Handle to the created semaphore.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateBinary() xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
* the semaphore was created.
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
* time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
* if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// A task that creates a semaphore.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
}
// A task that uses the semaphore.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
// semaphore.
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* )
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
* the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
* return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
* expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
// call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
*
* This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
* an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
*
* This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
* Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
* no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
* semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
// a semaphore without first "taking" it!
}
// Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
// immediately available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
{
// We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
// semaphore.
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
// obtained the semaphore to get here.
}
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
// unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
)</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
* must not be used with this macro.
*
* This macro can be used from an ISR.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
\#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
\#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// Repetitive task.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
// was created before this task was started.
// Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
{
// It is time to execute.
// ...
// We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
// we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
// again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
}
}
}
// Timer ISR
void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
{
static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
// A timer tick has occurred.
// ... Do other time functions.
// Is it time for vATask () to run?
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
ucLocalTickCount++;
if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
{
// Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
ucLocalTickCount = 0;
}
if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
{
// We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
// ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
// to find the syntax required.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>
xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
)</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have
* previously been created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
* must not be used with this macro.
*
* This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
* is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a
* counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
* pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
* pdFALSE
*/
#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
* and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
* xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
* queue mechanism.
*
* Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
*
* 1) Counting events.
*
* In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
* an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
* task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
* (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
* the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
* number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
* initial count value to be zero.
*
* 2) Resource management.
*
* In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
* available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
* semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
* reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
* resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
* value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
* equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
*
* @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
* semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
*
* @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
* created.
*
* @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
* created.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
// The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
// initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );</pre>
*
* Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example,
* do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
*
* \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
/**
* semphr.h
* <pre>TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );</pre>
*
* If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
* If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
* by a task), return NULL.
*
* Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
* holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
* the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
* being tested.
*/
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h
Vendored
+2019
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h
Vendored
+1146
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
Vendored
+240
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t *pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which are
stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
listed below. In addition see http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
1) Stack overflow -
see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
item later. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
item. */
List_t * const pxList = ( List_t * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/port.c
Vendored
+757
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM4F port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#ifndef __VFP_FP__
#error This port can only be used when the project options are configured to enable hardware floating point support.
#endif
#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 1UL << 2UL )
#else
/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 0 )
#endif
/* Constants required to manipulate the core. Registers first... */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
/* ...then bits in the registers. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT ( 1UL << 1UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT ( 1UL << 0UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ( 1UL << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 27UL )
#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 25UL )
/* Constants used to detect a Cortex-M7 r0p1 core, which should use the ARM_CM7
r0p1 port. */
#define portCPUID ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ed00 ) )
#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID ( 0x410FC271UL )
#define portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID ( 0x410FC270UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER ( 16 )
#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 ( 0xE000E3F0 )
#define portAIRCR_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE ( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS ( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ( 0x07UL << 8UL )
#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT ( 8UL )
/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK ( 0xFFUL )
/* Constants required to manipulate the VFP. */
#define portFPCCR ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ef34 ) /* Floating point context control register. */
#define portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS ( 0x3UL << 30UL )
/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
#define portINITIAL_EXEC_RETURN ( 0xfffffffd )
/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER ( 0xffffffUL )
/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
calculations. */
#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR ( 45UL )
/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
prvTaskExitError() in case is messes up unwinding of the stack in the
debugger. */
#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#else
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS prvTaskExitError
#endif
/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
variable. */
static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
/*
* Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. The implementation in this
* file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
* generate the tick interrupt.
*/
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* Exception handlers.
*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Function to enable the VFP.
*/
static void vPortEnableVFP( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
* 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
* power functionality only.
*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
* FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
* a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*/
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
{
/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
interrupt. */
/* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit
of interrupts, and to ensure alignment. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pxCode; /* PC */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS; /* LR */
/* Save code space by skipping register initialisation. */
pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
/* A save method is being used that requires each task to maintain its
own exec return value. */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_EXEC_RETURN;
pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void )
{
/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
its caller as there is nothing to return to. If a task wants to exit it
should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
for( ;; );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortSVCHandler( void )
{
__asm volatile (
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
" msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
" isb \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 2 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
{
__asm volatile(
" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
" cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
" cpsie f \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
" nop \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
/* This port can be used on all revisions of the Cortex-M7 core other than
the r0p1 parts. r0p1 parts should use the port from the
/source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM7/r0p1 directory. */
configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p1_ID );
configASSERT( portCPUID != portCORTEX_M7_r0p0_ID );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
functions can be called. ISR safe functions are those that end in
"FromISR". FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Determine the number of priority bits available. First write to all
possible bits. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
of bits read back. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
{
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
}
/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
register. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
value. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
}
#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
here already. */
vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
uxCriticalNesting = 0;
/* Ensure the VFP is enabled - it should be anyway. */
vPortEnableVFP();
/* Lazy save always. */
*( portFPCCR ) |= portASPEN_AND_LSPEN_BITS;
/* Start the first task. */
prvPortStartFirstTask();
/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing! Call the task
exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS. */
prvTaskExitError();
/* Should not get here! */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
Artificially force an assert. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEnterCritical( void )
{
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
uxCriticalNesting++;
/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context. Only API
functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt. Only assert if
the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
assert function also uses a critical section. */
if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
{
configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExitCritical( void )
{
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
uxCriticalNesting--;
if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
{
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
{
/* This is a naked function. */
__asm volatile
(
" mrs r0, psp \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
" ldr r2, [r3] \n"
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, push high vfp registers. */
" it eq \n"
" vstmdbeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" stmdb r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Save the core registers. */
" \n"
" str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
" \n"
" stmdb sp!, {r3} \n"
" mov r0, %0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" ldmia sp!, {r3} \n"
" \n"
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n"
" \n"
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11, r14} \n" /* Pop the core registers. */
" \n"
" tst r14, #0x10 \n" /* Is the task using the FPU context? If so, pop the high vfp registers too. */
" it eq \n"
" vldmiaeq r0!, {s16-s31} \n"
" \n"
" msr psp, r0 \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
#ifdef WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 /* XMC4000 specific errata workaround. */
#if WORKAROUND_PMU_CM001 == 1
" push { r14 } \n"
" pop { pc } \n"
#endif
#endif
" \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 2 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
{
/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
executes all interrupts must be unmasked. There is therefore no need to
save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
known. */
( void ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
{
/* A context switch is required. Context switching is performed in
the PendSV interrupt. Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
}
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( 0 );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
{
uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements, ulSysTickCTRL;
TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
{
xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
}
/* Stop the SysTick momentarily. The time the SysTick is stopped for
is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
kernel with respect to calendar time. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
tick periods. -1 is used because this code will execute part way
through one of the tick periods. */
ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
{
ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
}
/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" );
/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
{
/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
this tick period. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
periods. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
}
else
{
/* Set the new reload value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Sleep until something happens. configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
should not be executed again. However, the original expected idle
time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( &xModifiableIdleTime );
if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
{
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "wfi" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
}
configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( &xExpectedIdleTime );
/* Stop SysTick. Again, the time the SysTick is stopped for is
accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
kernel with respect to calendar time. */
ulSysTickCTRL = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( ulSysTickCTRL & ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
if( ( ulSysTickCTRL & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
{
uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt has already executed, and the SysTick
count reloaded with ulReloadValue. Reset the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
period. */
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
that took too long. */
if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
{
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
}
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt handler will already have pended the tick
processing in the kernel. As the pending tick will be
processed as soon as this function exits, the tick value
maintained by the tick is stepped forward by one less than the
time spent waiting. */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
}
else
{
/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
ticks). */
ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
was waiting? */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
period remains. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1 ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
}
/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
value. The critical section is used to ensure the tick interrupt
can only execute once in the case that the reload register is near
zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
}
#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
* frequency.
*/
__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
{
ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
}
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This is a naked function. */
static void vPortEnableVFP( void )
{
__asm volatile
(
" ldr.w r0, =0xE000ED88 \n" /* The FPU enable bits are in the CPACR. */
" ldr r1, [r0] \n"
" \n"
" orr r1, r1, #( 0xf << 20 ) \n" /* Enable CP10 and CP11 coprocessors, then save back. */
" str r1, [r0] \n"
" bx r14 "
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) );
/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
{
/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
function. ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Interrupts that use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
default priority of zero as that is the highest possible priority,
which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
and therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
The following links provide detailed information:
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
}
/* Priority grouping: The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
the interrupt's sub-priority. For simplicity all bits must be defined
to be pre-emption priority bits. The following assertion will fail if
this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
scheduler. Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
of zero will result in unpredicable behaviour. */
configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM4F/portmacro.h
Vendored
+262
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t
#define portBASE_TYPE long
typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
typedef long BaseType_t;
typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
#else
typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler utilities. */
#define portYIELD() \
{ \
/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */ \
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT; \
\
/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely \
within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */ \
__asm volatile( "dsb" ); \
__asm volatile( "isb" ); \
}
#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT ( 1UL << 28UL )
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired != pdFALSE ) portYIELD()
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section management. */
extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() ulPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) vPortSetBASEPRI(x)
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortRaiseBASEPRI()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortSetBASEPRI(0)
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. These are
not necessary for to use this port. They are defined so the common demo files
(which build with all the ports) will build. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#endif
#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
/* Generic helper function. */
__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
{
uint8_t ucReturn;
__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) );
return ucReturn;
}
/* Check the configuration. */
#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32. It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
#endif
/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31 - ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef configASSERT
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
#endif
/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
#define portNOP()
#ifndef portFORCE_INLINE
#define portFORCE_INLINE inline __attribute__(( always_inline))
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mov %0, %1 \n" \
" msr basepri, %0 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
:"=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY )
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static uint32_t ulPortRaiseBASEPRI( void )
{
uint32_t ulOriginalBASEPRI, ulNewBASEPRI;
__asm volatile
(
" mrs %0, basepri \n" \
" mov %1, %2 \n" \
" msr basepri, %1 \n" \
" isb \n" \
" dsb \n" \
:"=r" (ulOriginalBASEPRI), "=r" (ulNewBASEPRI) : "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY )
);
/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
warnings. */
return ulOriginalBASEPRI;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
portFORCE_INLINE static void vPortSetBASEPRI( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
{
__asm volatile
(
" msr basepri, %0 " :: "r" ( ulNewMaskValue )
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
Vendored
+474
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
* (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
* limits memory fragmentation.
*
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( xHeapStructSize * 2 ) )
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
#if( configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP == 1 )
/* The application writer has already defined the array used for the RTOS
heap - probably so it can be placed in a special segment or address. */
extern uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#else
static uint8_t ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
#endif /* configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP */
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
of their memory address. */
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
{
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
} BlockLink_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
* adjacent to each other.
*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert );
/*
* Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
* pvPortMalloc() is called.
*/
static void prvHeapInit( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
block must by correctly byte aligned. */
static const size_t xHeapStructSize = ( ( sizeof( BlockLink_t ) + ( ( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) - ( size_t ) 1 ) ) & ~( ( size_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
static BlockLink_t xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
fragmentation. */
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
static size_t xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = 0U;
/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize
member of an BlockLink_t structure is set then the block belongs to the
application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
space. */
static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
{
BlockLink_t *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
void *pvReturn = NULL;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
if( pxEnd == NULL )
{
prvHeapInit();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
set. The top bit of the block size member of the BlockLink_t structure
is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
kernel, so it must be free. */
if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
{
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a BlockLink_t
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
{
xWantedSize += xHeapStructSize;
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
of bytes. */
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
{
/* Byte alignment required. */
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
configASSERT( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
{
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
one of adequate size is found. */
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
{
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
was not found. */
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
BlockLink_t structure at its start. */
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + xHeapStructSize );
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
of the list of free blocks. */
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
two. */
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
{
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
block following the number of bytes requested. The void
cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
compiler. */
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( uint8_t * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
configASSERT( ( ( ( uint32_t ) pxNewBlockLink ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
single block. */
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
if( xFreeBytesRemaining < xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining )
{
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
by the application and has no "next" block. */
pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceMALLOC( pvReturn, xWantedSize );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
{
if( pvReturn == NULL )
{
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif
configASSERT( ( ( ( uint32_t ) pvReturn ) & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0 );
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortFree( void *pv )
{
uint8_t *puc = ( uint8_t * ) pv;
BlockLink_t *pxLink;
if( pv != NULL )
{
/* The memory being freed will have an BlockLink_t structure immediately
before it. */
puc -= xHeapStructSize;
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
{
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
{
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
allocated. */
pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
traceFREE( pv, pxLink->xBlockSize );
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( BlockLink_t * ) pxLink ) );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void )
{
return xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
{
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvHeapInit( void )
{
BlockLink_t *pxFirstFreeBlock;
uint8_t *pucAlignedHeap;
uint32_t ulAddress;
size_t xTotalHeapSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
ulAddress = ( uint32_t ) ucHeap;
if( ( ulAddress & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
{
ulAddress += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 );
ulAddress &= ~( ( uint32_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
xTotalHeapSize -= ulAddress - ( uint32_t ) ucHeap;
}
pucAlignedHeap = ( uint8_t * ) ulAddress;
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
at the end of the heap space. */
ulAddress = ( ( uint32_t ) pucAlignedHeap ) + xTotalHeapSize;
ulAddress -= xHeapStructSize;
ulAddress &= ~( ( uint32_t ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
pxEnd = ( void * ) ulAddress;
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = ulAddress - ( uint32_t ) pxFirstFreeBlock;
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
/* Only one block exists - and it covers the entire usable heap space. */
xMinimumEverFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
xFreeBytesRemaining = pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( BlockLink_t *pxBlockToInsert )
{
BlockLink_t *pxIterator;
uint8_t *puc;
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
than the block being inserted. */
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator;
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
make a contiguous block of memory? */
puc = ( uint8_t * ) pxBlockToInsert;
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( uint8_t * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
{
if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
{
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
}
}
else
{
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
}
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
to itself. */
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
{
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
Vendored
+2612
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
Vendored
+4387
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
firmware/flight_controller_f4discovery/generated/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
Vendored
+917
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,917 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.1 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "timers.h"
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
#endif
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
/* Misc definitions. */
#define tmrNO_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0U
/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
typedef struct tmrTimerControl
{
const char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
ListItem_t xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
UBaseType_t uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one-shot timer. */
void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber; /*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
#endif
} xTIMER;
/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback. The
two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
{
TickType_t xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
Timer_t * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
} TimerParameter_t;
typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
{
PendedFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /* << The callback function to execute. */
void *pvParameter1; /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
uint32_t ulParameter2; /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
} CallbackParameters_t;
/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
{
BaseType_t xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
union
{
TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
/* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
} u;
} DaemonTaskMessage_t;
/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which
static variables must be declared volatile. */
/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
timer service task is allowed to access these lists. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxCurrentTimerList;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxOverflowTimerList;
/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
#endif
/*lint +e956 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
* been initialised already.
*/
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
* task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
* xTimerQueue queue.
*/
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
* received on the timer queue.
*/
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
* depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
*/
static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
* auto reload timer, then call its callback.
*/
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
* current timer list does not still reference some timers.
*/
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
* if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
*/
static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
* the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
* timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
* to pdTRUE.
*/
static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
* until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
*/
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
{
BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
{
/* Create the timer task, storing its handle in xTimerTaskHandle so
it can be returned by the xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() function. */
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, "Tmr Svc", ( uint16_t ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, &xTimerTaskHandle );
}
#else
{
/* Create the timer task without storing its handle. */
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, "Tmr Svc", ( uint16_t ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, NULL);
}
#endif
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
configASSERT( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
{
Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
/* Allocate the timer structure. */
if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( TickType_t ) 0U )
{
pxNewTimer = NULL;
}
else
{
pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) );
if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
{
/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
created/initialised. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
}
else
{
traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
}
}
/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
return ( TimerHandle_t ) pxNewTimer;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
on a particular timer definition. */
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
{
if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
}
else
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
}
}
else
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
{
/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
return xTimerTaskHandle;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
const char * pcTimerGetTimerName( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
Timer_t *pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow )
{
BaseType_t xResult;
Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
other than the current time. It will therefore be inserted into the
correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
list. Reload it now. */
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Call the timer callback. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
{
TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
/* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
/* Empty the command queue. */
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
{
TickType_t xTimeNow;
BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
{
/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
{
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
}
else
{
/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
case when the current timer list is empty. */
vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) );
if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
{
/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
block time to expire. If a command arrived between the
critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
will not cause the task to block. */
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
else
{
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
{
TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
re-assessed. */
*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
{
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
}
else
{
/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
}
return xNextExpireTime;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
{
TickType_t xTimeNow;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
{
prvSwitchTimerLists();
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
}
xLastTime = xTimeNow;
return xTimeNow;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime )
{
BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
{
/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
if( ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
{
/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
}
else
{
if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
{
/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
}
return xProcessTimerNow;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
{
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
Timer_t *pxTimer;
BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
TickType_t xTimeNow;
while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
{
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
{
/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
commands. */
if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
{
const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
callback be executed. Check the callback is not NULL. */
configASSERT( pxCallback );
/* Call the function. */
pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
function calls. */
if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
software timer. */
pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
it must be present in the function call. prvSampleTimeNow() must be
called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
{
case tmrCOMMAND_START :
case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR :
case tmrCOMMAND_RESET :
case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR :
case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE :
/* Start or restart a timer. */
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active
timer list. Process it now. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR :
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
There is nothing to do here. */
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR :
pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
/* The new period does not really have a reference, and can be
longer or shorter than the old one. The command time is
therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot be
zero the next expiry time can only be in the future, meaning
(unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is no fail case
that needs to be handled here. */
( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
just free up the memory. */
vPortFree( pxTimer );
break;
default :
/* Don't expect to get here. */
break;
}
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
{
TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
List_t *pxTemp;
Timer_t *pxTimer;
BaseType_t xResult;
/* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
are switched. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
{
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
/* Remove the timer from the list. */
pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
have not yet been switched. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
{
/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
the lists have been swapped. */
xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
{
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
else
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
{
/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
initialised. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
{
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
{
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
BaseType_t xTimerIsInActiveList;
Timer_t *pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
xTimerIsInActiveList = ( BaseType_t ) !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return xTimerIsInActiveList;
} /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
void *pvReturn;
configASSERT( xTimer );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vTimerSetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
{
Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
configASSERT( xTimer );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
daemon task. */
xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
queue does not exist. */
configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
daemon task. */
xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */